1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
35 #include "blockinput.h"
37 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
38 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
39 #include "syssignal.h"
41 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
42 if this is not done before the other system files. */
44 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
46 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
47 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
49 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
54 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
58 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
65 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
66 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
69 #include "character.h"
72 #include "dispextern.h"
74 #include "termhooks.h"
77 #include "emacs-icon.h"
82 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
105 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
108 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
110 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
111 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
116 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
118 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
119 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
121 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
124 #if defined USE_MOTIF
125 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
126 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
127 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
130 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
133 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
134 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
136 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
138 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
139 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
140 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
141 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
143 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
145 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
146 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
147 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
152 #ifndef XtNinitialState
153 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
157 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
161 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
166 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
168 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
170 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
173 static int any_help_event_p
;
175 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
176 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
178 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
180 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
182 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
184 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
186 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
191 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
192 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
193 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
194 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
196 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
198 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
199 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
200 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
201 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
203 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
207 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
210 /* The application context for Xt use. */
211 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
212 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
215 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
217 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
219 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
220 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
222 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
224 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
225 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
226 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
228 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
232 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
233 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
234 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
235 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
237 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
239 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
240 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
241 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
242 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
243 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
244 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
245 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
246 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
247 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
250 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
252 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
253 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
254 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
256 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
258 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
259 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
262 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
263 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
266 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
268 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
269 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
270 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
271 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
272 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
273 it's somewhat accurate. */
275 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
277 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
279 static Time last_user_time
;
281 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
285 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
287 static int input_signal_count
;
290 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
292 static int x_noop_count
;
294 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
296 extern char **initial_argv
;
297 extern int initial_argc
;
299 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
301 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
303 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
305 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
309 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
311 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
313 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
315 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
316 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
317 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
319 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
322 /* Used in x_flush. */
324 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
326 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
327 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
329 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
330 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
331 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
332 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
334 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
335 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
336 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
337 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
338 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
339 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
340 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
341 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
345 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
346 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
347 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
348 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
349 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
351 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
352 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
353 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
355 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
356 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
357 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
358 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
359 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
360 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
361 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
362 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
363 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
365 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
366 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
367 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
368 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
369 int *, struct input_event
*));
370 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
371 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
372 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
375 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
381 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
382 connection may be broken. */
383 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
389 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
390 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
391 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
392 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
394 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
395 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
400 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
401 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
402 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
403 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
404 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
407 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
410 /***********************************************************************
412 ***********************************************************************/
416 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
417 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
425 struct record event_record
[100];
427 int event_record_index
;
429 record_event (locus
, type
)
433 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
434 event_record_index
= 0;
436 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
437 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
438 event_record_index
++;
445 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
447 struct x_display_info
*
448 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
451 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
453 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
454 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
460 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
461 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
464 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
467 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
468 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
469 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
471 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
474 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
475 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
476 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
477 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
479 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
484 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
485 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
486 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
487 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
489 if (alpha
< 0.0 || 1.0 < alpha
)
491 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
494 opac
= (unsigned int)(alpha
* OPAQUE
);
496 /* return unless necessary */
501 unsigned long n
, left
;
503 XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
504 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
, &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
505 (unsigned char **) &data
);
507 if (*(unsigned int *)data
== opac
)
509 XFree ((void *) data
);
513 XFree ((void *) data
);
516 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
517 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
518 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
523 /***********************************************************************
524 Starting and ending an update
525 ***********************************************************************/
527 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
528 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
529 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
530 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
531 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
541 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
542 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
546 x_update_window_begin (w
)
549 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
550 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
553 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
557 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
559 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
560 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
562 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
564 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
565 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
567 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
568 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
569 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
570 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
571 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
572 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
574 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
575 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
576 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
577 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
578 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
579 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
580 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
584 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
585 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
588 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
589 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
598 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
601 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
605 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
608 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
610 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
613 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
614 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
617 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
619 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
620 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
622 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
623 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
624 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
626 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
627 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
631 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
633 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
635 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
637 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
642 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
644 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
646 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
647 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
652 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
653 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
654 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
656 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
657 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
658 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
661 updated_window
= NULL
;
665 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
672 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
673 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
677 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
683 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
684 complete update has been performed. The global variable
685 updated_window is not available here. */
688 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
693 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
695 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
696 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
699 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
700 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
701 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
702 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
703 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
710 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
711 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
712 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
713 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
714 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
715 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
718 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
719 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
721 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
727 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
728 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
730 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
731 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
732 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
733 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
734 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
735 overhead is very small. */
736 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
737 && desired_row
->full_width_p
738 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
739 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
741 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
744 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
746 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
747 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
748 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
752 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
753 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
754 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
755 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
756 y
, width
, height
, False
);
762 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
764 struct glyph_row
*row
;
765 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
767 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
768 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
769 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
770 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
771 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
774 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
775 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
778 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
781 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
782 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
783 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
784 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
786 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
789 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
793 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
795 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
796 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
797 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
798 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
800 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
802 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
804 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
805 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
806 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
807 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
808 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
809 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
810 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
811 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
813 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
817 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
818 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
819 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
823 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
824 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
825 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
826 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
830 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
832 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
833 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
835 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
840 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
842 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
843 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
845 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
846 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
851 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
852 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
855 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
861 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
862 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
866 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
868 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
870 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
872 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
874 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
875 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
877 face
->background
, depth
);
881 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
882 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
885 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
886 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
887 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
888 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
891 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
892 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
893 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
897 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
898 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
899 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
903 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
908 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
909 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
910 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
914 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
918 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
919 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
922 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
927 /***********************************************************************
929 ***********************************************************************/
933 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
934 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
935 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
937 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
938 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
939 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
940 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
941 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
942 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
943 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
944 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
945 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
946 unsigned long *, double, int));
947 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
948 double, int, unsigned long));
949 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
950 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
951 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
952 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
953 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
954 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
956 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
957 int, int, int, int, int, int,
959 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
960 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
963 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
967 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
972 struct glyph_string
*s
;
974 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
975 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
976 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
978 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
981 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
985 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
986 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
988 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
989 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
990 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
991 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
992 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
993 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
994 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
996 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
997 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
998 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1000 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1001 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1004 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1005 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1006 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1008 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1009 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1012 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1013 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1015 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1020 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1023 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1024 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1029 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1030 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1031 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1033 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1035 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1036 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1038 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1039 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1040 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1042 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1043 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1046 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1051 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1052 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1053 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1054 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1056 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1057 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1060 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1061 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1063 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1066 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1070 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1071 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1072 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1075 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1076 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1078 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1082 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1083 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1087 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1088 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1090 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1092 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1094 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1095 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1097 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1099 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1100 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1102 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1104 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1107 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1109 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1110 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1112 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1113 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1115 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1116 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1120 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1121 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1124 /* GC must have been set. */
1125 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1129 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1130 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1133 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1134 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1136 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1137 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1140 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1145 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1146 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1150 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1151 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1156 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1158 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1161 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1166 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1169 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1170 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1173 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1175 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1176 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1177 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1180 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1181 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1182 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1183 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1184 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1185 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1189 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1190 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1195 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1198 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1199 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1203 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1204 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1205 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1206 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1210 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1211 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1212 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1213 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1214 contains the first component of a composition. */
1217 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1218 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1221 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1222 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1223 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1225 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1229 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1230 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1231 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1232 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1233 s
->background_width
,
1234 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1235 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1236 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1238 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1239 || s
->font_not_found_p
1240 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1243 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1244 s
->background_width
,
1245 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1246 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1252 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1255 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1256 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1260 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1261 of S to the right of that box line. */
1262 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1263 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1264 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1268 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1270 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1272 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1274 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1275 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1276 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1278 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1283 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1284 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1287 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1288 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1290 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1292 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1293 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1295 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1296 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1297 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1301 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1304 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1305 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1309 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1310 of S to the right of that box line. */
1311 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1312 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1313 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1317 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1318 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1319 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1320 this composition. */
1322 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1323 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1324 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1327 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1328 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1332 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1336 if (s
->cmp
->method
== COMPOSITION_WITH_GLYPH_STRING
)
1338 Lisp_Object gstring
= AREF (XHASH_TABLE (composition_hash_table
)
1340 s
->cmp
->hash_index
* 2);
1343 for (i
= from
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1345 Lisp_Object g
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1346 Lisp_Object adjustment
= LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (g
);
1347 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1349 if (! VECTORP (adjustment
))
1351 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (g
);
1356 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1359 xoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 0));
1360 yoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 1));
1361 wadjust
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 2));
1363 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1369 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1373 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->gidx
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1374 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1376 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1377 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1379 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1380 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1381 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1388 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1390 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1391 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1392 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1393 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1394 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1397 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1398 cannot be determined. */
1400 static struct frame
*
1401 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1404 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1408 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1410 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1411 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1412 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1413 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1414 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1415 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1417 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1418 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1419 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1420 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1421 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1423 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1424 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1425 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1432 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1433 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1434 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1435 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1438 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1443 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1444 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1448 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1449 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1450 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1451 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1452 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1453 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1456 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1460 unsigned long *pixel
;
1464 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1465 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1469 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1470 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1472 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1474 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1476 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1481 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1482 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1484 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1487 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1489 DPY is the display we are working on.
1491 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1492 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1493 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1494 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1496 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1497 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1499 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1500 we allocated the color or not.
1502 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1505 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1509 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1510 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1520 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1521 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1523 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1527 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1528 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1529 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1531 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1533 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1534 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1536 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1538 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1539 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1541 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1542 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1544 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1545 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1550 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1552 params
[0] = color_name
;
1553 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1554 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1555 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1560 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1562 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1564 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1568 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1572 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1573 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1576 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1581 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1582 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1583 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1585 APP is the application context in which we work.
1587 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1588 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1589 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1591 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1594 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1603 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1605 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1608 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1610 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1611 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1612 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1613 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1614 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1619 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1622 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1623 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1624 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1625 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1627 static const XColor
*
1628 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1632 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1634 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1636 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1639 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1640 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1642 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1643 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1645 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1646 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1648 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1649 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1652 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1653 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1657 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1658 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1661 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1666 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1668 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1671 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1673 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1674 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1675 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1676 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1680 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1684 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1685 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1688 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1692 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1696 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1697 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1698 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1702 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1709 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1712 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1713 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1714 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1715 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1717 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1719 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1721 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1723 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1724 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1725 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1726 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1728 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1731 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1735 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1736 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1737 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1738 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1742 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1743 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1744 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1745 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1746 XColor
*cached_color
;
1748 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1749 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1750 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1751 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1752 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1754 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1755 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1756 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1760 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1762 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1763 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1769 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1770 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1771 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1775 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1780 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1781 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1785 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1786 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1787 get color reference counts right. */
1790 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1792 unsigned long pixel
;
1796 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1798 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1799 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1801 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1802 register_color (pixel
);
1808 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1809 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1810 get color reference counts right. */
1813 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1816 unsigned long pixel
;
1820 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1822 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1823 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1825 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1826 register_color (pixel
);
1832 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1835 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1836 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1837 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1838 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1839 use an additional additive factor.
1841 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1842 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1843 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1846 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1847 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1848 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1849 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1850 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1851 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1854 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1858 unsigned long *pixel
;
1866 /* Get RGB color values. */
1867 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1868 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1870 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1871 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1872 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1873 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1874 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1876 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1877 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1879 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1880 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1881 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1882 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1883 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1885 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1886 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1887 /* The additive adjustment. */
1888 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1892 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1893 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1894 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1898 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1899 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1900 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1904 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1905 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1908 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1910 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1911 delta to the RGB values. */
1912 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1914 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1915 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1916 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1917 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1928 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1929 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1930 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1931 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1932 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1933 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1936 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1938 struct relief
*relief
;
1941 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1944 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1945 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1946 unsigned long pixel
;
1947 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1948 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1949 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1950 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1952 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1953 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1955 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1956 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1957 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1959 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1961 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1962 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1965 /* Allocate new color. */
1966 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1968 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1969 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1971 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1972 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1975 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1977 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1979 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1982 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1986 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1989 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1990 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1992 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1993 unsigned long color
;
1995 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1996 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1997 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1999 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2000 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2005 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2006 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2007 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2010 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2011 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2013 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2014 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2015 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2016 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2017 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2022 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2023 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2024 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2025 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2026 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2027 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2031 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2032 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2034 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2035 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2036 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2038 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2039 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2044 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2046 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2047 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2051 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2052 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2053 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2054 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2058 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2059 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2060 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2062 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2064 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2066 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2067 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2071 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2072 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2073 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2074 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2078 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2079 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2080 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2082 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2086 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2087 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2088 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2089 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2090 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2091 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2094 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2095 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2096 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2097 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2098 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2102 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2103 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2104 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2112 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2113 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2117 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2121 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2122 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2124 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2125 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2129 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2132 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2133 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2135 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2136 int left_p
, right_p
;
2137 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2138 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2140 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2141 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2142 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2144 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2145 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2147 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2149 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2150 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2152 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2154 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2156 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2158 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2159 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2161 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2162 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2163 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2165 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2167 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2169 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2170 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2171 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2174 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2175 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2176 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2181 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2184 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2185 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2188 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2190 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2191 right of that line. */
2192 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2193 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2195 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2197 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2199 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2200 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2201 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2202 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2208 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2209 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2210 trust on the shape extension to be available
2211 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2213 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2216 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2218 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2219 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2220 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2221 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2222 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2224 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2227 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2228 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2229 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2230 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2231 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2232 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2236 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2238 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2241 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2242 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2243 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2244 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2245 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2246 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2248 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2249 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2250 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2251 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2252 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2253 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2254 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2256 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2258 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2260 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2261 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2266 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2267 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2268 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2272 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2275 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2276 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2278 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2281 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2283 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2284 right of that line. */
2285 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2286 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2288 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2290 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2292 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2293 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2294 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2295 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2297 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2298 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2300 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2301 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2305 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2306 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2311 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2312 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2314 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2315 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2316 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2318 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2320 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2325 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2328 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2329 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2333 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2335 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2336 right of that line. */
2337 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2338 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2340 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2342 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2344 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2345 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2346 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2347 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2353 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2354 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2355 trust on the shape extension to be available
2356 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2358 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2362 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2363 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2364 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2365 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2366 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2368 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2369 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2370 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2371 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2375 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2376 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2377 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2379 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2380 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2381 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2382 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2383 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2384 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2385 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2387 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2389 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2390 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2391 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2396 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2397 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2398 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2402 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2403 give the rectangle to draw. */
2406 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2407 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2412 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2413 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2414 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2415 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2418 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2422 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2425 s->x +-------------------------
2428 | +-------------------------
2431 | | +-------------------
2437 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2438 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2440 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2441 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2443 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2446 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2447 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2448 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2449 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2451 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2452 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2454 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2455 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2459 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2460 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2464 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2465 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2466 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2467 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2468 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2470 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2471 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2472 s
->background_width
,
2475 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2477 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2479 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2482 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2483 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2484 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2485 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2486 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2487 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2488 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2493 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2495 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2496 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2497 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2498 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2506 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2508 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2510 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2511 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2513 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2516 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2519 /* Draw the foreground. */
2522 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2523 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2524 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2525 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2526 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2529 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2531 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2533 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2534 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2535 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2539 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2542 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2543 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2545 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2547 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2548 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2550 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2551 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2552 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2553 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2557 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2560 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2563 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2565 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2566 if (width
< background_width
)
2569 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2574 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2575 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2577 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2583 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2584 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2586 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2588 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2589 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2590 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2591 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2596 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2597 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2598 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2599 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2603 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2605 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2606 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2608 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2609 except for header line and mode line. */
2610 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2612 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2615 if (background_width
> 0)
2616 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2619 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2623 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2626 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2627 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2629 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2631 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2632 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2633 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2634 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2637 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2639 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2640 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2641 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2643 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2644 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2645 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2646 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2650 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2651 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2653 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2654 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2655 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2656 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2657 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2658 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2661 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2662 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2663 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2664 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2667 else if ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2668 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
))
2669 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2670 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2671 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2672 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2674 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2676 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2679 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2683 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2687 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2688 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2690 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2691 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2694 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2695 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2696 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2698 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2699 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2706 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2708 /* Draw underline. */
2709 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2711 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2714 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2716 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2717 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2718 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2722 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2723 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2724 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2727 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2728 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - s
->ybase
;
2731 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2732 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2733 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2734 specs, and its default is
2736 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2737 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2739 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2740 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2741 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2743 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2745 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2746 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2748 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2749 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2750 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2751 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, thickness
);
2755 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2756 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2757 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2758 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, thickness
);
2759 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2763 /* Draw overline. */
2764 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2766 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2768 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2769 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2770 s
->background_width
, h
);
2774 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2775 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2776 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2777 s
->background_width
, h
);
2778 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2782 /* Draw strike-through. */
2783 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2785 unsigned long h
= 1;
2786 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2788 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2789 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2794 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2795 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2796 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2798 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2802 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2803 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2804 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2808 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2810 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2811 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2812 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2814 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2815 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2816 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2819 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2820 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2821 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2822 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2824 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2825 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2827 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2833 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2835 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2836 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2837 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2839 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2840 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2841 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2844 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2845 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2846 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2847 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2849 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2850 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2852 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2857 /* Reset clipping. */
2858 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2862 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2865 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2867 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2869 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2870 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2871 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2875 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2879 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2887 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2888 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2891 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2898 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2899 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2903 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2906 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2908 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2910 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2911 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2912 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2914 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2915 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2917 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2919 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2920 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2921 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2923 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2930 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2932 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2933 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2935 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2938 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2939 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2942 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2943 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2945 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2946 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2947 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2949 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2950 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2954 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2956 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2957 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2961 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2963 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2964 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2966 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2968 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2980 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2981 pixels into background pixels. */
2985 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2986 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2987 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2989 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2990 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2994 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2995 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2996 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2997 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2998 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2999 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3000 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3004 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3005 edge it is next to. */
3006 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3008 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3009 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3012 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3013 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3020 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3022 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3023 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3025 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3027 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3028 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3029 width
, flash_height
);
3030 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3032 (height
- flash_height
3033 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3034 width
, flash_height
);
3037 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3038 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3039 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3040 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3045 struct timeval wakeup
;
3047 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3049 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3050 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3051 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3052 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3054 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3056 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3058 struct timeval current
;
3059 struct timeval timeout
;
3061 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3063 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3064 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3067 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3069 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3071 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3072 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3076 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3077 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3079 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3081 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3082 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3083 width
, flash_height
);
3084 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3086 (height
- flash_height
3087 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3088 width
, flash_height
);
3091 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3092 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3093 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3094 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3096 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3104 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3107 /* Make audible bell. */
3112 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3114 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3116 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3123 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3124 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3131 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3132 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3133 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3134 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3137 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3140 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3145 /***********************************************************************
3147 ***********************************************************************/
3149 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3150 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3153 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3161 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3164 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3168 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3169 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3171 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3172 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3174 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3176 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3177 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3178 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3182 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3183 line at the bottom. */
3184 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3185 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3187 height
= run
->height
;
3191 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3193 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3194 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3196 height
= run
->height
;
3201 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3205 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3206 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3207 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3217 /***********************************************************************
3219 ***********************************************************************/
3226 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3227 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3228 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3229 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3231 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3232 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3234 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3235 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3239 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3242 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3243 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3244 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3245 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3247 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3248 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3250 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3251 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3254 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3255 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3256 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3257 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3258 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3261 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3262 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3263 struct frame
*frame
;
3265 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3267 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3269 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3270 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3271 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3273 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3274 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3277 selected_frame
= frame
;
3278 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3280 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3281 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3284 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3285 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3287 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3290 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3293 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3294 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3295 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3298 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3301 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3302 struct frame
*frame
;
3303 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3305 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3307 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3309 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3310 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3312 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3313 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3314 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3315 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3316 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3318 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3319 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3323 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3326 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3327 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3330 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3332 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3334 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3336 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3337 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3341 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3342 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3347 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3348 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3350 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3353 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3354 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3356 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3358 struct frame
*frame
;
3360 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3364 switch (event
->type
)
3369 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3371 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3373 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3374 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3375 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3376 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3378 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3384 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3385 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3386 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3387 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3391 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3393 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3394 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3395 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3402 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3405 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3406 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3408 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3411 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3412 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3413 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3415 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3416 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3417 the appropriate X display info. */
3420 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3421 struct frame
*frame
;
3423 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3427 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3428 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3430 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3432 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3434 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3435 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3436 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3437 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3438 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3440 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3441 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3445 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3447 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3450 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3451 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3452 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3458 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3460 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3462 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3463 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3465 int min_code
, max_code
;
3468 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3470 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3471 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3472 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3473 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3474 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3476 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3478 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3479 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3481 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3483 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3484 Alt keysyms are on. */
3486 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3487 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3489 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3491 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3492 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3494 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3496 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3500 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3504 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3506 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3512 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3513 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3518 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3519 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3524 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3525 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3526 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3527 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3532 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3533 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3534 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3535 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3539 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3540 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3541 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3542 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3543 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3552 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3553 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3555 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3556 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3559 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3560 make them just meta, not alt. */
3561 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3563 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3566 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3567 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3570 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3574 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3575 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3578 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3579 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3580 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3581 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3584 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3585 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3586 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3587 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3588 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3589 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3590 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3591 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3594 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3595 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3596 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3597 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3598 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3599 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3603 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3604 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3607 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3608 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3609 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3610 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3614 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3615 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3616 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3617 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3618 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3619 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3620 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3621 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3624 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3625 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3626 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3627 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3628 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3629 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3632 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3635 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3641 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3649 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3651 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3653 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3657 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3658 struct input_event
*result
;
3659 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3662 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3664 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3665 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3666 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3667 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3669 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3673 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3674 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3675 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3681 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3682 The input handler calls this.
3684 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3685 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3686 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3687 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3689 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3690 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3693 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3695 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3697 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3698 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3699 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3701 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3704 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3706 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3707 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3708 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3709 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3714 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3715 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3716 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3717 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3718 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3719 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3721 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3722 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3723 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3724 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3725 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3726 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3734 /************************************************************************
3736 ************************************************************************/
3739 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3741 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3742 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3743 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3744 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3745 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3750 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3751 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3753 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3754 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3755 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3756 position on the scroll bar.
3758 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3759 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3762 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3763 was at this position.
3765 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3767 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3771 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3774 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3775 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3777 unsigned long *time
;
3783 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3784 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3790 Window dummy_window
;
3793 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3795 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3796 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3797 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3798 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3799 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3801 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3803 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3804 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3805 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3807 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3810 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3811 a different screen. */
3814 /* The position on that root window. */
3817 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3820 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3822 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3824 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3825 containing the pointer. */
3829 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3833 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3834 structure is changing at the same time this function
3835 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3837 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3839 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3840 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3842 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3843 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3844 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3846 /* From-window, to-window. */
3847 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3849 /* From-position, to-position. */
3850 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3854 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3860 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3862 /* From-window, to-window. */
3865 /* From-position, to-position. */
3866 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3871 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3879 /* Now we know that:
3880 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3881 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3882 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3883 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3884 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3885 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3886 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3887 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3888 never use them in that case.) */
3890 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3891 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3893 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3894 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3897 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3898 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3900 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3903 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3906 x_uncatch_errors ();
3908 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3911 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3913 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3917 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3923 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3924 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3928 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3929 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3930 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3931 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3932 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3933 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3934 the frame are divided into. */
3936 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3937 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3942 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3943 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3944 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3954 /***********************************************************************
3956 ***********************************************************************/
3958 /* Scroll bar support. */
3960 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3962 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3965 static struct scroll_bar
*
3966 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3972 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3973 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3974 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3976 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3978 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3980 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3981 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3982 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
3985 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3988 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3990 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3991 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3992 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3993 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3994 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3997 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3998 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
3999 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4000 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4007 #if defined USE_LUCID
4009 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4010 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4013 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4018 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4020 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4022 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4023 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4025 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4033 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4036 /************************************************************************
4038 ************************************************************************/
4040 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4042 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4043 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4044 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4045 struct scroll_bar
*));
4046 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4050 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4051 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4053 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4055 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4057 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4059 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4060 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4063 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4065 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4067 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4069 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4070 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4071 to avoid jerkyness. */
4073 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4075 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4076 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4077 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4078 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4081 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4084 XtPointer client_data
;
4088 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4094 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4095 end_action
= "Release";
4096 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4097 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4098 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4099 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4102 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4103 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4107 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4108 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4109 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4111 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4113 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4114 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4115 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4117 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4118 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4120 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4121 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4124 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4126 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4127 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4129 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4130 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4133 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4134 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4135 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4136 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4139 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4141 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4144 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4145 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4146 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4151 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4152 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4153 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4154 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4155 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4158 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4159 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4160 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4161 into that array in the event. */
4162 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4163 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4166 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4168 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4169 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4170 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4172 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4174 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4175 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4178 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4179 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4180 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4181 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4182 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4183 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4185 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4186 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4187 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4188 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4191 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4192 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4193 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4194 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4199 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4203 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4205 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4207 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4212 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4213 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4215 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4216 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4218 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4219 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4222 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4224 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4226 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4227 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4228 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4229 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4230 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4236 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4238 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4241 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4242 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4243 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4246 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4248 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4250 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4251 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4252 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4256 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4257 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4258 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4261 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4262 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4263 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4266 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4267 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4268 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4271 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4272 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4273 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4277 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4278 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4281 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4282 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4283 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4290 /* Get the slider size. */
4292 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4295 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4296 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4297 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4298 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4302 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4308 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4309 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4310 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4314 #elif defined USE_GTK
4316 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4317 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4320 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4324 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4330 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4331 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4333 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4335 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4338 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4340 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4346 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4348 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4350 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4352 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4353 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4355 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4357 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4358 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4360 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4362 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4363 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4365 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4367 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4368 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4372 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4373 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4374 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4375 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4380 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4381 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4382 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4386 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4388 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4389 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4390 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4394 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4396 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4398 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4399 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4401 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4404 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4406 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4410 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4412 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4413 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4414 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4415 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4416 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4418 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4420 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4422 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4423 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4424 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4425 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4429 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4430 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4431 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4432 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4433 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4434 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4435 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4438 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4440 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4442 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4443 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4444 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4448 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4450 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4453 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4454 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4456 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4457 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4458 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4459 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4461 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4463 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4464 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4465 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4466 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4469 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4471 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4473 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4474 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4478 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4480 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4482 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4485 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4490 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4493 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4495 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4501 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4502 unsigned long pixel
;
4507 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4508 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4509 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4510 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4511 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4512 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4513 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4514 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4516 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4519 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4523 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4526 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4530 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4531 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4533 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4534 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4536 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4538 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4540 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4542 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4544 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4546 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4549 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4550 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4552 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4553 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4554 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4555 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4557 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4559 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4560 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4561 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4562 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4563 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4564 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4565 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4566 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4568 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4571 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4575 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4578 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4582 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4584 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4585 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4587 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4588 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4589 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4591 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4593 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4595 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4596 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4597 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4599 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4602 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4603 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4604 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4605 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4606 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4607 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4609 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4613 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4614 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4615 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4617 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4619 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4622 /* Specify the colors. */
4623 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4626 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4629 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4638 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4639 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4643 char *val
= initial
;
4644 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4645 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4646 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4648 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4649 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4650 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4651 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4652 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4653 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4657 /* Define callbacks. */
4658 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4659 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4662 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4663 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4665 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4667 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4668 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4669 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4670 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4672 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4673 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4674 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4675 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4679 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4682 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4683 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4687 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4688 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4689 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4691 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4694 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4696 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4697 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4698 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4700 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4701 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4708 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4709 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4710 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4711 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4712 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4713 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4714 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4715 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4716 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4717 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4718 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4719 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4720 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4721 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4728 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4729 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4732 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4736 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4737 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4739 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4740 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4741 size
= max (size
, 1);
4743 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4744 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4745 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4747 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4749 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4755 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4756 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4760 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4762 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4763 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4764 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4768 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4769 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4770 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4773 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4774 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4776 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4777 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4778 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4779 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4781 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4782 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4785 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4786 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4787 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4789 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4793 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4797 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4799 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4803 /************************************************************************
4804 Scroll bars, general
4805 ************************************************************************/
4807 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4808 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4809 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4812 static struct scroll_bar
*
4813 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4815 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4817 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4818 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4819 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4823 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4824 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4825 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4827 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4831 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4832 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4833 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4835 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4836 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4838 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4840 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4842 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4843 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4844 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4845 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4846 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4848 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4850 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4851 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4852 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4854 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4856 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4863 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4865 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4867 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4871 bar
->height
= height
;
4874 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4875 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4877 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4878 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4880 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4881 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4882 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4884 /* Map the window/widget. */
4885 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4888 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4891 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4892 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4894 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4895 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4896 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4897 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4898 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4900 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4901 max (height
, 1), 0);
4902 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4903 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4905 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4906 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4907 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4914 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4916 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4918 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4919 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4920 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4923 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4924 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4925 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4926 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4927 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4930 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4931 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4935 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4936 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4937 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4938 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4940 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4942 && start
== bar
->start
4949 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4950 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4951 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4953 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4954 the distance between start and end. */
4956 int length
= end
- start
;
4960 else if (start
> top_range
)
4962 end
= start
+ length
;
4966 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4970 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4974 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4975 if (end
> top_range
)
4978 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4979 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4980 that many pixels tall. */
4981 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4983 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4984 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4986 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4987 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4988 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4989 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4990 inside_width
, start
,
4993 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4994 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4995 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4996 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4998 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4999 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5000 /* x, y, width, height */
5001 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5002 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5003 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5005 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5006 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5007 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5008 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5010 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5011 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5012 if (end
< inside_height
)
5013 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5014 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5015 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5016 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5017 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5025 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5027 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5031 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5032 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5034 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5037 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5039 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5040 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5041 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5042 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5044 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5047 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5048 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5054 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5055 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5056 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5060 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5062 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5064 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5065 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5066 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5067 int window_y
, window_height
;
5068 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5069 int fringe_extended_p
;
5072 /* Get window dimensions. */
5073 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5075 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5076 height
= window_height
;
5078 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5079 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5081 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5082 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5083 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5084 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5088 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5089 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5090 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5091 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5093 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5095 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5096 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5101 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5102 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5103 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5104 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5105 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5106 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5108 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5109 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5110 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5111 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5114 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5115 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5117 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5120 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5121 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5122 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5123 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5126 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5127 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5131 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5135 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5136 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5138 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5142 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5144 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5146 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5148 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5151 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5153 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5154 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5156 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5157 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5158 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5160 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5161 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5162 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5164 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5165 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5168 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5171 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5172 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5174 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5175 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5176 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5178 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5179 max (height
, 1), 0);
5180 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5182 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5184 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5185 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5186 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5188 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5189 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5191 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5192 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5193 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5197 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5198 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5199 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5202 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5203 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5204 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5206 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5207 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5208 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5209 rest
, height
, False
);
5211 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5212 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5216 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5221 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5223 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5225 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5229 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5231 /* Remember new settings. */
5232 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5234 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5235 bar
->height
= height
;
5240 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5241 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5243 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5244 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5245 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5247 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5249 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5252 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5255 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5256 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5257 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5260 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5262 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5266 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5267 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5268 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5269 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5270 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5271 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5272 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5274 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5275 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5276 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5279 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5282 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5283 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5286 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5287 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5288 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5289 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5290 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5291 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5292 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5297 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5298 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5301 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5302 struct window
*window
;
5304 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5307 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5308 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5311 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5313 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5314 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5315 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5317 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5319 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5320 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5322 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5323 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5324 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5326 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5327 one or the other! */
5331 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5333 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5334 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5336 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5338 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5339 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5340 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5343 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5344 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5347 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5350 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5352 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5354 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5355 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5356 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5358 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5360 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5362 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5365 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5368 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5369 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5373 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5374 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5375 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5377 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5381 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5382 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5385 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5386 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5387 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5388 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5392 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5394 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5395 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5396 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5397 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5399 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5400 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5402 /* x, y, width, height */
5404 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5407 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5408 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5409 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5410 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5415 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5417 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5418 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5420 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5425 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5426 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5428 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5430 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5433 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5434 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5435 emacs_event
->modifiers
5436 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5437 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5438 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5439 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5442 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5443 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5444 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5447 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5449 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5452 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5453 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5456 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5459 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5460 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5461 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5463 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5465 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5466 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5467 whether or not we're dragging. */
5469 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5471 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5472 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5473 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- bar
->start
);
5476 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5477 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5478 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5479 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5481 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5482 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5484 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5485 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5489 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5491 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5493 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5494 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5496 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5498 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5501 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5505 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5507 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5509 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5513 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5514 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5517 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5519 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5522 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5524 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5525 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5527 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5528 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5530 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5532 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5534 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5539 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5541 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5542 on the scroll bar. */
5545 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5547 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5548 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5550 unsigned long *time
;
5552 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5553 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5554 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5556 Window dummy_window
;
5558 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5562 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5564 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5566 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5567 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5568 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5570 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5573 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5580 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5583 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5585 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5587 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5588 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5592 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5596 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5598 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5599 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5600 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5601 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5602 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5603 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5605 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5607 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5608 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5611 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5614 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5620 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5621 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5622 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5626 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5629 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5632 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5633 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5634 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5635 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5636 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5637 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5638 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5639 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5641 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5645 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5648 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5649 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5650 sometimes don't work. */
5652 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5655 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5656 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5657 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5658 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5660 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5661 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5663 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5665 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5666 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5668 static int temp_index
;
5669 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5671 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5672 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5674 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5676 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5677 on a particular display. */
5679 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5681 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5682 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5683 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5684 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5686 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5688 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5691 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5692 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5693 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5694 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5695 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5696 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5700 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5701 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5711 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5712 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5713 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5715 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5717 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5721 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5722 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5725 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5726 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5727 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5730 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5731 event
->xclient
.window
);
5733 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5738 static int current_count
;
5739 static int current_finish
;
5740 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5742 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5743 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5744 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5745 static GdkFilterReturn
5746 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5751 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5753 if (current_count
>= 0)
5755 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5757 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5760 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5761 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5762 so we do it here. */
5763 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5764 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5765 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5769 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5773 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5778 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5780 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5781 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5783 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5785 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5788 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5790 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5791 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5792 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5794 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5797 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5798 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5801 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5804 struct input_event ie
;
5805 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5810 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5811 struct coding_system coding
;
5812 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5814 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5816 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5817 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5824 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5825 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5826 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5828 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5829 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5831 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5832 could be the shell widget window
5833 if the frame has no title bar. */
5834 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5836 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5837 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5838 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5840 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5841 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5842 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5843 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5844 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5847 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5848 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5849 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5850 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5853 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5854 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5855 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5858 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5859 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5860 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5862 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5863 /* The ICCCM says this is
5864 the only valid choice. */
5866 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5867 /* This is needed to detect the error
5868 if there is an error. */
5870 x_uncatch_errors ();
5872 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5877 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5878 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5880 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5881 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5882 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5883 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5884 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5885 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5886 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5887 session manager and one for this. */
5889 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5892 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5893 event
.xclient
.window
);
5894 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5895 for a single Emacs process. */
5896 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5897 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5898 event
.xclient
.window
,
5899 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5901 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5902 event
.xclient
.window
,
5908 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5909 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5911 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5912 event
.xclient
.window
);
5914 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5916 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5917 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5924 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5925 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5930 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5931 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5934 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5936 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5937 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5941 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5948 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5949 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5951 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5953 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5957 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5959 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5960 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5961 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5962 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5964 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5965 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5966 currently never do because we are interested in
5967 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5968 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5969 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5972 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5973 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5977 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5978 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5979 we construct an input_event. */
5980 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5981 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5983 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5984 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5987 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5989 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5990 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5991 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5993 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5994 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5995 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5997 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6001 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6004 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6005 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6009 case SelectionNotify
:
6010 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6011 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6012 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6014 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6015 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6018 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6019 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6020 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6021 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6023 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6025 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6027 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6028 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6029 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6030 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6031 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6035 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6036 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6037 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6038 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6040 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6042 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6043 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6045 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6046 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6047 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6048 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6049 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6050 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6051 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6052 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6056 case PropertyNotify
:
6057 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6058 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6059 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6060 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6061 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6062 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6066 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6069 case ReparentNotify
:
6070 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6074 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6075 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6079 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6080 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6081 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6086 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6089 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6092 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6093 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6094 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6095 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6096 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6099 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6101 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6102 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6103 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6104 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6108 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6109 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6113 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6114 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6116 #if defined USE_LUCID
6117 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6118 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6119 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6122 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6124 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6126 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6129 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6131 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6132 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6133 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6136 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6137 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6140 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6141 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6145 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6146 source area was obscured or not
6148 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6152 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6153 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6154 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6156 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6159 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6162 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6163 source area was completely
6168 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6169 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6172 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6175 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6176 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6177 the frame was deleted. */
6179 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6180 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6181 display that won't ever be seen. */
6182 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6183 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6184 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6185 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6186 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6187 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6188 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6189 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6191 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6193 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6194 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6200 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6201 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6202 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6205 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6206 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6207 frame is visible. */
6208 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6211 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6212 the frame's display structures.
6213 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6214 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6215 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6216 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6217 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6218 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6220 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6221 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6222 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6226 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6227 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6229 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6230 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6231 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6232 to update the frame titles
6233 in case this is the second frame. */
6234 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6240 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6241 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6243 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6244 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6245 if (popup_activated ())
6249 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6251 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6252 mouse highlighting. */
6253 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6255 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6257 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6258 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6261 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6264 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6265 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6266 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6268 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6270 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6271 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6274 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6278 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6279 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6280 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6283 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6284 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6285 status_return even if the input is too long to
6286 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6287 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6288 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6289 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6290 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6291 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6292 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6294 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6298 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6299 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6300 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6302 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6306 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6307 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6308 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6310 /* This will have to go some day... */
6312 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6313 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6314 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6315 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6316 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6317 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6318 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6320 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6321 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6322 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6323 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6324 not it is combined with Meta. */
6325 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6326 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6331 Status status_return
;
6333 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6334 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6335 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6336 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6338 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6340 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6341 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6342 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6343 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6344 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6347 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6348 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6349 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6350 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6351 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6352 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6353 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6354 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6356 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6358 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6359 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6360 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6363 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6369 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6371 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6376 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6377 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6381 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6382 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6385 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6386 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6390 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6391 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6392 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6395 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6396 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6398 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6399 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6401 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6402 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6404 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6405 translations to characters. */
6406 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6407 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6409 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6410 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6414 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6415 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6417 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6418 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6420 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6421 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6425 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6426 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6427 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6431 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6432 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6433 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6434 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6438 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6439 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6440 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6441 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6442 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6443 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6445 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6446 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6448 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6449 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6450 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6451 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6452 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6453 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6455 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6456 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6458 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6459 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6461 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6462 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6464 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6465 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6467 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6468 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6470 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6471 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6473 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6474 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6476 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6477 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6479 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6480 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6482 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6483 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6485 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6486 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6488 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6489 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6491 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6492 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6494 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6495 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6496 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6497 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6498 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6499 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6500 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6501 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6502 don't have real modifiers but
6503 should be treated similarly to
6504 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6505 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6506 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6508 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6509 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6513 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6514 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6516 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6517 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6521 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6526 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6528 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6530 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6533 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6535 /* Decode the input data. */
6539 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6540 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6541 we used just above and the locale. */
6542 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6543 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6544 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6545 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6546 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6547 gives us composition information. */
6548 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6550 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6551 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6552 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6553 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6554 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6555 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6556 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6557 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6560 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6561 character events. */
6562 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6564 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6565 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6567 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6569 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6570 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6571 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6573 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6578 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6580 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6586 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6587 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6595 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6597 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6598 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6606 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6607 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6609 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6611 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6612 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6615 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6617 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6618 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6620 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6622 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6623 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6626 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6627 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6630 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6631 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6632 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6633 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6635 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6636 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6637 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6638 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6643 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6647 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6648 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6650 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6653 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6655 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6656 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6657 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6658 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6661 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6662 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6663 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6664 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6665 if (any_help_event_p
)
6669 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6670 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6671 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6676 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6681 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6682 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6683 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6685 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6686 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6687 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6689 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6691 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6693 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6694 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6700 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6701 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
))
6705 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6706 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6709 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6710 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6711 will be selected only when it is active. */
6712 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6713 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6714 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6715 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6716 create event iff we don't leave the
6718 && (focus_follows_mouse
6719 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6720 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6722 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6723 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6728 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6729 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6733 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6734 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6735 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6736 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6739 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6740 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6742 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6743 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6744 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6747 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6748 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6749 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6750 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6755 case ConfigureNotify
:
6756 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6759 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6760 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6762 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6763 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6769 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6771 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6772 do this one, the right one will come later.
6773 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6774 need to reset it below. */
6776 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6777 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6778 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6779 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6784 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6785 is called by the code that handles resizing
6786 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6788 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6789 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6790 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6791 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6792 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6793 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6794 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6796 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6797 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6798 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6801 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6802 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6803 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6807 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6808 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6809 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6810 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6813 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6815 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6816 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6820 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6821 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6824 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6826 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6827 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6828 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6829 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6837 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6838 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6841 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6842 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6843 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6845 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6847 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6848 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6850 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6854 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6855 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6856 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6859 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6860 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6862 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6863 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6865 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6867 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6868 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6869 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6870 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6875 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6876 if (! popup_activated ())
6879 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6881 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6882 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6884 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6885 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6887 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6888 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6891 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6893 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6894 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6895 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6899 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6900 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6901 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6903 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6904 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6906 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6908 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6909 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6911 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6913 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6914 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6917 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6919 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6920 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6923 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6926 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6928 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6929 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6930 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6934 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6935 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6936 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6937 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6938 Instead, save it away
6939 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6940 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6943 ! popup_activated ()
6944 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6945 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6948 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6949 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6950 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6951 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6952 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6953 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6954 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6955 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6957 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6958 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6960 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6963 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6965 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6969 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6970 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6971 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6973 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6975 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6976 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6977 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6982 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6985 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6989 case CirculateNotify
:
6992 case CirculateRequest
:
6995 case VisibilityNotify
:
6999 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7001 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7003 case MappingModifier
:
7004 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7005 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7006 case MappingKeyboard
:
7007 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7013 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7015 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7016 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7018 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7023 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7025 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7030 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7035 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7041 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7042 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7043 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7047 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7048 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7058 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7059 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7060 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7062 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7064 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7068 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7069 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7071 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7074 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7080 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7081 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7082 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7084 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7085 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7086 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7089 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7092 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7093 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7095 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7099 int event_found
= 0;
7101 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7104 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7106 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7110 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7113 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7114 input_signal_count
++;
7119 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7120 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7122 struct input_event inev
;
7124 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7125 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7126 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7128 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7135 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7136 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7138 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7139 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7142 #if 0 /* This loop is a noop now. */
7143 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7144 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7145 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7147 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7149 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7150 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7151 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7152 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7153 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7154 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7157 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7158 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7159 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7160 for X connections. */
7163 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7165 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7166 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7167 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7168 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7170 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7177 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7181 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7184 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7185 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7190 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7191 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7193 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7199 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7200 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7201 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7202 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7204 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7205 from all displays. */
7207 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7209 current_count
= count
;
7210 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7212 gtk_main_iteration ();
7214 count
= current_count
;
7216 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7218 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7221 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7225 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7226 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7229 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7230 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7231 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7233 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7237 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7238 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7240 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7242 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7243 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7247 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7249 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7250 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7252 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7253 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7265 /***********************************************************************
7267 ***********************************************************************/
7269 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7270 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7272 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7273 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7274 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7277 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7279 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7283 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7284 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7285 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7287 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7289 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7290 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7291 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7292 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7293 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7295 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7299 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7302 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7304 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7306 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7307 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7308 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7311 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7314 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7315 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7316 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7317 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7320 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7321 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7322 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7324 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7325 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7326 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7327 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7328 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7330 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7331 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7332 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7334 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7335 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7336 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7337 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7341 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7343 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7344 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7345 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7349 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7351 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7353 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7355 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7356 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7358 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7359 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7361 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7362 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7365 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7366 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7367 the bar might not be in the window. */
7368 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7370 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7371 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7372 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7376 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7377 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7378 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7379 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7380 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7383 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7384 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7385 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7386 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7387 that the glyph is legible. */
7388 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7389 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7391 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7392 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7395 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7398 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7399 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7403 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7404 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7406 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7407 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7409 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7410 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7411 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7412 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7413 width
, row
->height
);
7415 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7416 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7417 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7418 row
->height
- width
),
7419 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7422 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7427 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7430 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7434 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7438 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7441 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7443 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7445 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7446 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7450 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7453 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7455 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7457 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7460 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7464 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7465 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7467 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7468 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7470 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7471 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7474 switch (cursor_type
)
7476 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7477 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7480 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7481 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7485 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7489 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7493 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7501 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7502 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7503 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7508 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7515 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7518 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7524 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7527 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7528 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7529 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7530 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7535 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7536 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7537 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7539 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7540 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7541 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7545 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7546 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7550 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7552 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7555 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7557 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7558 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7559 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7561 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7564 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7565 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7569 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7570 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7574 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7575 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7576 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7577 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7578 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7580 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7583 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7584 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7590 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7591 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7594 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7598 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7603 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7604 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7606 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7607 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7610 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7611 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7612 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7613 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7618 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7620 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7621 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7623 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7624 be called from a signal handler.
7627 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7628 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7630 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7632 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7634 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7635 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7636 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7639 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7643 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7644 x_error_message
->string
,
7645 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7648 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7649 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7652 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7653 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7654 stored in *x_error_message.
7656 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7657 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7659 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7661 void x_check_errors ();
7664 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7667 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7669 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7673 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7674 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7675 x_error_message
= data
;
7678 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7679 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7684 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7688 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7689 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7690 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7691 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7693 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7694 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7699 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7700 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7701 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7704 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7708 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7711 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7713 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7714 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7715 x_uncatch_errors ();
7716 error (format
, string
);
7720 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7721 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7724 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7727 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7730 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7733 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7736 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7739 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7742 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7743 * idea. --lorentey */
7744 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7747 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7749 while (x_error_message
)
7750 x_uncatch_errors ();
7754 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7757 x_catching_errors ()
7759 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7763 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7766 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7771 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7772 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7773 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7774 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7775 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7778 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7779 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7782 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7783 must reestablish each time */
7784 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7789 /************************************************************************
7791 ************************************************************************/
7793 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7795 static char *error_msg
;
7797 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7798 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7799 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7802 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7804 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7808 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7809 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7812 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7814 char *error_message
;
7816 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7817 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7818 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7820 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7821 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7822 handling_signal
= 0;
7824 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7825 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7826 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7827 the original message here. */
7828 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7830 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7831 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7835 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7837 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7838 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7841 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7842 that are on the dead display. */
7843 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7845 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7847 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7848 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7849 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7850 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7851 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7852 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7855 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7856 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7857 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7858 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7859 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7860 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7862 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7863 trying to find a replacement. */
7864 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7865 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7868 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7869 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7870 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7872 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7873 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7874 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7876 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7877 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7879 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7880 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7881 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7885 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7886 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7887 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7889 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7890 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7891 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7892 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7897 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7898 is the last display/terminal. */
7899 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7901 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7902 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7905 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7908 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7909 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7911 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7912 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7913 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7914 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7919 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7920 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7924 x_uncatch_errors ();
7926 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7928 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7929 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7933 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7935 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7937 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7938 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7940 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7941 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7942 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7943 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7944 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7945 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7948 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7949 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7950 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7952 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7953 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7956 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7960 if (x_error_message
)
7961 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7963 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7967 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7968 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7969 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7971 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7973 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7974 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7979 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7985 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7986 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7988 static void NO_INLINE
7989 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7993 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7995 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7996 or colors that are not defined. */
7998 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8001 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8002 original error handler. */
8004 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8005 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8006 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8007 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8011 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8012 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8013 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8016 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8021 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8022 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8026 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8028 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8029 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8030 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8034 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8036 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8039 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8042 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8043 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8044 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8045 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8049 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8050 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8051 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8052 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8053 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8055 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8057 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8058 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8060 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8061 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8062 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8066 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8067 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8070 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8072 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8073 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8074 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8075 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8076 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8081 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8084 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8093 /***********************************************************************
8095 ***********************************************************************/
8101 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8102 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8103 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8106 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8108 XPointer client_data
;
8111 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8112 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8116 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8117 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8119 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8120 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8122 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8123 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8127 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8128 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8129 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8133 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8136 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8137 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8140 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8141 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8144 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8145 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8146 char *resource_name
;
8153 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8160 XIMCallback destroy
;
8163 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8164 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8167 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8168 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8169 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8175 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8176 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8180 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8184 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8185 char *resource_name
;
8188 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8189 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8190 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8191 when the callback was registered. */
8194 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8196 XPointer client_data
;
8199 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8200 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8202 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8206 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8208 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8209 as they have no XIC. */
8210 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8212 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8215 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8217 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8220 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8221 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8223 create_frame_xic (f
);
8224 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8225 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8226 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8228 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8229 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8238 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8241 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8242 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8243 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8244 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8247 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8248 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8249 char *resource_name
;
8254 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8255 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8258 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8259 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8260 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8261 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8262 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8263 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8264 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8265 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8266 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8267 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8268 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8269 least, hence the configure test. */
8270 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8271 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8272 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8273 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8274 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8278 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8279 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8283 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8286 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8287 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8292 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8293 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8294 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8296 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8297 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8298 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8299 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8300 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8301 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8303 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8306 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8310 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8311 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8314 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8317 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8319 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8320 is already for the top-left corner. */
8321 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8324 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8325 position that fits on the screen. */
8326 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8327 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8328 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8331 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8333 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8334 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8335 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8337 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8338 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8339 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8340 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8343 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8344 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8346 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8349 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8350 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8353 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8354 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8355 so the flags should correspond. */
8356 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8359 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8360 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8361 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8362 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8363 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8366 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8368 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8371 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8373 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8375 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8376 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8380 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8382 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8384 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8385 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8387 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8390 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8392 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8393 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8395 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8397 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8398 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8399 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8400 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8401 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8404 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8405 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8407 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8408 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8411 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8412 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8413 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8414 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8417 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8418 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8419 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8421 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8422 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8423 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8424 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8425 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8426 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8431 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8432 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8433 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8434 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8435 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8438 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8440 const char *atomname
;
8443 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8444 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8446 Window wmcheck_window
;
8447 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8448 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8449 long max_len
= 65536;
8450 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8451 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8452 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8457 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8459 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8460 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8461 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8462 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8463 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8465 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8467 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8468 x_uncatch_errors ();
8473 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8476 /* Check if window exists. */
8477 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8479 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8481 x_uncatch_errors ();
8486 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8488 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8489 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8490 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8491 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8492 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8493 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8495 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8496 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8498 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8499 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8500 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8501 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8503 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8505 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8506 x_uncatch_errors ();
8511 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8512 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8513 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8517 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8519 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8520 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8522 x_uncatch_errors ();
8528 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8531 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8534 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8536 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8537 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8539 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8544 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8545 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8546 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8547 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8548 const char *what
= NULL
;
8550 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8552 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8554 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8556 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8559 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8562 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8567 if (what
!= NULL
&& !wm_supports (f
, what
)) return 0;
8570 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8571 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8573 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8575 (make_unibyte_string (fs
,
8578 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8579 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8581 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8583 (make_unibyte_string (fh
,
8586 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8587 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8589 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8591 (make_unibyte_string (fw
,
8594 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8596 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8597 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8599 Fcons (make_number (1), /* Add */
8601 (make_unibyte_string (what
,
8606 return have_net_atom
;
8610 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8613 if (f
->async_visible
)
8616 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
);
8623 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8624 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8626 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8629 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8631 int width
, height
, ign
;
8633 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8636 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8638 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8640 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8641 when setting WM manager hints.
8642 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8643 x_check_expected_move. */
8644 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8646 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8647 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8648 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8650 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8651 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8656 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8657 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8658 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8659 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8660 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8661 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8662 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8665 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8670 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8672 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8673 window manager window around the frame. */
8675 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8677 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8679 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8684 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8685 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8686 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8688 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8690 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8691 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8693 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8694 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8696 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8699 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8700 frame's position. */
8702 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8706 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8707 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8708 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8709 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8710 of an exact comparison. */
8713 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8715 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8719 while (count
++ < 50)
8721 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8723 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8724 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8727 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8728 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8732 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8735 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8736 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8739 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8743 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8744 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8746 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8750 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8751 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8752 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8753 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8756 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8761 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8763 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8764 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8765 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8767 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8768 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8769 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8771 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8773 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8774 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8776 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8777 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8779 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8780 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8781 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8783 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8784 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8785 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8786 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8788 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8789 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8790 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8791 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8792 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8794 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8796 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8797 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8798 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8800 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8801 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8802 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8803 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8804 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8806 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8810 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8811 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8812 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8813 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8816 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8824 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8825 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8827 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8830 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8832 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8833 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8834 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8835 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8836 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8837 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8838 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8839 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8840 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8843 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8845 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8847 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8849 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8851 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8852 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8854 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8855 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8856 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8857 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8858 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8863 /* Mouse warping. */
8866 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8872 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8873 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8875 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8876 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8878 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8879 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8883 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8884 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8888 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8891 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8897 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8898 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8902 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8905 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8908 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8912 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8913 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8914 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8915 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8916 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8925 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8926 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8927 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8928 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8932 /* Raise frame F. */
8939 if (f
->async_visible
)
8940 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8942 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8946 /* Lower frame F. */
8952 if (f
->async_visible
)
8955 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8956 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8961 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8964 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
8967 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8968 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8970 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
8971 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
8974 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8975 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8976 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8978 Fcons (make_number (1),
8979 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8985 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8995 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8998 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9000 enum xembed_info flags
;
9003 unsigned long data
[2];
9005 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9007 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9010 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9011 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9015 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9018 enum xembed_message message
;
9025 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9026 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9027 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9028 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9029 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9030 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9031 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9032 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9033 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9035 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9036 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9037 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9040 /* Change of visibility. */
9042 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9043 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9044 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9045 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9046 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9047 finishes with it. */
9050 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9054 int original_top
, original_left
;
9055 int retry_count
= 2;
9061 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9063 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9065 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9067 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9068 call x_set_offset a second time
9069 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9070 before the window gets really visible. */
9071 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9072 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9073 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9074 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9076 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9078 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9079 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9080 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9081 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9082 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9085 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9086 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9088 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9090 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9091 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9093 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9094 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9096 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9097 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9098 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9099 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
9100 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
9101 to come back ok without this. */
9102 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9103 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9107 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9109 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9110 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9111 so that incoming events are handled. */
9115 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9116 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9117 will set it when they are handled. */
9118 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9120 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9121 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9123 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9126 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9128 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9129 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9130 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9131 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9133 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9134 because the window manager may choose the position
9135 and we don't want to override it. */
9137 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9138 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9139 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9140 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9141 && previously_visible
)
9145 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9149 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9150 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9151 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9152 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9153 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9154 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9155 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9156 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9157 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9159 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9160 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9161 original_left
, original_top
);
9166 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9168 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9169 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9170 MapNotify at all.. */
9171 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9172 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9174 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9177 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9178 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9179 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9180 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9181 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9183 if (input_polling_used ())
9185 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9186 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9187 handler reset it. */
9188 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9189 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9190 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9191 poll_for_input_1 ();
9192 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9195 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9196 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9201 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9205 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9206 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9207 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9208 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9210 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9215 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9217 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9220 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9225 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9226 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9228 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9229 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9230 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9232 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
9233 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
9239 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9240 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9241 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9242 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9243 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9244 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9247 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9248 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9251 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9252 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9257 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9258 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9260 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9261 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9265 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9266 just by the event that we get from the server.
9267 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9268 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9269 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9271 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9272 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9273 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9280 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9289 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9290 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9291 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9293 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9298 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9300 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9302 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9305 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9307 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9308 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9310 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9313 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9314 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9320 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9322 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9324 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9325 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9326 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9327 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9328 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9329 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9330 so we have to record it here. */
9333 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9334 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9339 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9340 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9341 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9345 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9347 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9348 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9352 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9354 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9356 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9357 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9358 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9359 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9360 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9361 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9363 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9364 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9366 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9367 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9371 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9372 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9373 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9374 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9375 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9377 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9378 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9380 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9383 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9384 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9388 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9390 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9392 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9394 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9395 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9398 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9399 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9401 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9403 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9407 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9410 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9413 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9415 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9419 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9420 commands to the X server. */
9421 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9423 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9424 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9426 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9427 free_frame_faces (f
);
9429 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9430 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9432 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9433 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9434 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9435 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9436 toolkit scroll bars. */
9437 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9439 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9440 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9449 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9450 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9452 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9453 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9455 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9456 we are using a toolkit. */
9457 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9458 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9460 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9461 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9464 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9465 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9466 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9468 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9469 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9470 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9472 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9474 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9475 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9476 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9478 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9479 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9480 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9481 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9482 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9483 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9485 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9486 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9487 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9488 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9489 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9490 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9491 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9492 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9493 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9494 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9495 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9496 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9497 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9498 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9499 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9501 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9502 free_frame_faces (f
);
9505 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9508 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9509 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9511 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9512 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9514 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9515 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9516 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9517 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9518 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9519 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9521 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9523 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9524 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9525 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9526 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9527 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9528 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9529 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9536 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9539 x_destroy_window (f
)
9542 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9544 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9545 commands to the X server. */
9546 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9547 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9549 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9553 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9555 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9556 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9557 that the window now has.
9558 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9559 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9560 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9564 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9569 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9571 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9574 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9577 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9579 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9580 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9582 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9583 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9585 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9586 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9587 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9588 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9589 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9590 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9591 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9592 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9593 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9594 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9596 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9597 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9598 size_hints
.max_width
9599 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9600 size_hints
.max_height
9601 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9603 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9605 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9606 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9607 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9609 int base_width
, base_height
;
9610 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9612 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9613 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9615 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9617 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9618 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9619 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9620 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9621 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9623 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9624 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9625 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9627 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9628 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9629 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9630 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9631 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9634 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9637 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9640 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9643 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9644 long supplied_return
;
9647 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9650 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9651 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9652 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9653 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9654 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9658 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9663 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9664 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9665 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9666 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9667 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9668 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9669 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9670 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9674 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9679 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9680 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9684 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9685 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9687 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9689 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9691 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9693 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9696 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9700 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9703 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9704 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9705 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9706 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9708 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9709 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9711 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9712 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9716 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9720 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9722 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9723 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9728 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9729 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9730 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9731 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9735 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9736 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9737 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9738 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9739 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9740 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9741 best to explicitly give up. */
9743 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9744 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9753 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9757 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9761 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9762 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9763 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9764 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9767 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9769 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9770 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9772 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9776 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9780 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9782 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9783 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9784 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9786 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9790 /***********************************************************************
9792 ***********************************************************************/
9796 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9800 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9806 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9807 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9808 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9811 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9814 /***********************************************************************
9816 ***********************************************************************/
9818 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9819 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9820 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9821 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9823 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9824 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9825 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9827 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9828 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9829 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9830 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9831 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9832 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9833 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9836 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9838 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9840 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9842 static int x_initialized
;
9845 static int x_session_initialized
;
9849 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9850 the screen number from the server number. */
9852 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9853 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9856 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9857 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9858 int length_until_period
= 0;
9860 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9861 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9862 length_until_period
++;
9864 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9865 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9867 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9869 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9870 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9871 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9872 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9873 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9874 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9875 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9876 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9877 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9878 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9879 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9880 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9881 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9882 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9884 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9888 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9892 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9893 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9897 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9898 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9901 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
9925 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9926 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9929 x_display_ok (display
)
9930 const char *display
;
9935 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9937 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9943 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9944 the structure that describes the open display.
9945 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9947 struct x_display_info
*
9948 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
9949 Lisp_Object display_name
;
9951 char *resource_name
;
9955 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9956 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9967 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9968 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9974 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9975 char **argv2
= argv
;
9978 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9979 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
9980 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
9983 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9985 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9986 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
9987 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
9988 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
9989 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
9991 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
9995 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9999 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10001 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10003 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10004 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10007 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10008 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10010 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10012 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10014 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10018 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10020 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10021 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10023 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10025 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10026 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10028 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10029 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10031 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10032 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10035 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10036 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10039 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10040 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10041 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10043 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10044 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10045 So let's not use it until R6. */
10046 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10047 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10058 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10059 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10061 turn_on_atimers (0);
10062 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10063 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10064 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10066 turn_on_atimers (1);
10068 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10069 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10074 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10075 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10076 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10077 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10078 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10080 /* Detect failure. */
10087 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10089 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10090 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10092 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10094 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10096 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10099 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10100 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10101 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10102 SDATA (display_name
)))
10105 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10108 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10109 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10110 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= intern ("x");
10111 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10113 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10115 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10116 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10117 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10121 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10122 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10123 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10124 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10125 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10126 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10127 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10129 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10133 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10134 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10135 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10137 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10138 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10139 x_display_name_list
);
10140 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10142 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10144 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10145 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10146 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10147 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10150 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10154 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10155 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10157 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10158 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10160 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10161 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10163 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10165 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10166 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10167 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10169 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10170 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10172 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10173 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10174 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10175 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10177 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10179 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10181 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10183 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10184 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10185 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10186 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10187 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10188 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10189 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10190 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10191 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10192 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10193 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10194 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10195 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10196 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10197 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10198 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10199 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10200 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10201 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10202 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10203 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10204 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10205 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10206 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10207 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10208 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10209 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10210 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10211 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10212 dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10213 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10215 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10216 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10217 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10219 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10221 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10222 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10223 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10224 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10225 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10226 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10229 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10230 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10232 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10235 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10236 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10237 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10239 if (STRINGP (value
)
10240 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10241 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10242 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10246 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10247 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10250 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10251 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10252 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10253 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10254 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10255 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10256 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10257 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10258 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10261 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10262 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10263 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10264 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10265 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10266 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10267 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10268 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10269 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10270 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10271 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10272 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10273 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10274 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10275 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10276 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10277 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10278 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10280 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10281 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10282 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10283 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10284 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10285 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10286 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10287 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10288 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10289 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10290 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10291 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10292 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10293 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10294 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10295 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10296 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10297 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10298 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10299 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10300 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10301 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10302 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10303 /* For properties of font. */
10304 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10305 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10307 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10308 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10309 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10310 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10311 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10312 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10313 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10315 /* Ghostscript support. */
10316 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10317 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10319 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10322 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10325 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10327 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10328 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10329 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10330 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10332 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10333 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10334 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10336 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10337 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10342 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10344 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10345 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10346 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10351 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10352 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10354 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10356 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10357 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10361 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10364 #ifdef subprocesses
10365 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10366 if (connection
!= 0)
10367 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10371 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10372 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10375 if (interrupt_input
)
10376 init_sigio (connection
);
10377 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10381 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10382 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10385 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10386 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10387 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10388 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10389 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10390 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10391 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10392 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10394 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10395 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10396 x_uncatch_errors ();
10400 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10401 for debugging X code. */
10404 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10405 build_string ("synchronous"),
10406 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10408 if (STRINGP (value
)
10409 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10410 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10411 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10416 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10417 build_string ("useXIM"),
10418 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10421 if (STRINGP (value
)
10422 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10423 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10426 if (STRINGP (value
)
10427 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10428 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10434 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10435 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10437 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10438 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10446 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10447 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10450 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10451 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10454 struct terminal
*t
;
10456 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10458 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10459 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10462 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10463 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10466 delete_terminal (t
);
10470 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10472 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10473 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10474 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10475 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10476 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10481 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10482 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10484 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10486 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10489 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10493 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10494 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10496 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10497 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10500 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10502 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10503 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10504 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10507 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10508 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10509 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10514 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10517 if (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
)
10518 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10519 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
10520 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10524 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10526 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10527 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10528 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10529 that slows us down. */
10532 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10533 struct atimer
*timer
;
10536 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10537 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10539 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10540 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10541 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10542 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10547 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10548 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10549 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10550 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10551 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10552 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10553 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10556 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10559 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10561 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10563 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10564 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10565 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10570 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10573 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10575 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10577 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10579 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10583 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10585 x_after_update_window_line
,
10586 x_update_window_begin
,
10587 x_update_window_end
,
10593 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10595 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10596 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10597 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10598 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10599 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10600 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10601 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10602 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10603 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10604 x_clear_frame_area
,
10605 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10606 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10607 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10611 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10613 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10615 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10618 /* Protect against recursive calls. Fdelete_frame in
10619 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10620 if (!terminal
->name
)
10624 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10625 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10626 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10628 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10629 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10632 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10634 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10635 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10637 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10639 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10642 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10646 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10647 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10649 static struct terminal
*
10650 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10652 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10654 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10656 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10657 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10658 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10660 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10662 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10663 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10664 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10665 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10666 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10667 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10668 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10669 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10670 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10671 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10672 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10673 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10674 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10675 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10676 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10677 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10678 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10679 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10680 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10682 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10683 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10685 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10686 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10687 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10688 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10689 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10690 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10702 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10703 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10704 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10706 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10710 current_count
= -1;
10713 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10714 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10716 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10717 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10719 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10721 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10722 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10723 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10724 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10725 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10726 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10727 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10729 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10732 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10734 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10735 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10739 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10740 original error handler. */
10741 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10742 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10744 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10745 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
10747 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10748 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10751 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10758 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10760 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10761 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10763 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10764 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10766 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10767 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10769 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10770 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10772 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10773 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10775 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10776 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10777 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10778 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10779 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10780 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10781 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10783 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10784 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10785 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10786 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10787 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10788 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10789 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10791 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10792 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10793 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10794 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10795 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10796 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10797 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10798 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10799 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10801 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10802 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10803 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10804 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10805 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10807 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10808 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10809 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10811 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10813 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10816 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10819 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10820 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10822 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10823 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10824 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10825 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10826 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10827 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10828 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10829 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10830 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10832 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10833 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10834 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10835 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10836 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10837 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10839 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10840 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10841 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10842 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10843 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10844 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10846 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10847 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10848 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10849 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10850 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10851 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10853 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10854 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10855 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10856 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10857 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10858 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10860 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10861 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10862 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10863 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10864 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10868 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10870 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10871 (do not change this comment) */